1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "common/array-view.h"
85 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
87 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
88 enum exception_event_kind
95 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
97 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
103 static void disable_command (char *, int);
105 static void enable_command (char *, int);
107 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
108 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
112 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
114 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
116 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
119 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
120 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
121 enum bptype type_wanted
);
123 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct linespec_result
*,
125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
126 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
128 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
131 int, int, int, unsigned);
133 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
134 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
135 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
137 static void clear_command (char *, int);
139 static void catch_command (char *, int);
141 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
143 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
145 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
151 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
153 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
155 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
156 struct symtab_and_line
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
160 static struct breakpoint
*
161 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
163 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
166 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
168 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
172 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
173 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
174 struct obj_section
*, int);
176 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
177 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
179 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
180 struct address_space
*aspace
,
183 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
184 struct address_space
*,
187 static void info_breakpoints_command (char *, int);
189 static void info_watchpoints_command (char *, int);
191 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
192 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
194 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
196 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
198 static void commands_command (char *, int);
200 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static void info_tracepoints_command (char *, int);
285 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
295 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
299 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
614 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
634 reported by a target. */
635 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639 static int breakpoint_count
;
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649 static int tracepoint_count
;
651 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
653 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
661 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
665 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
676 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
684 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
685 breakpoint_count
= num
;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725 static struct counted_command_line
*
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
728 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
731 result
->commands
= commands
;
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
754 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
768 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 static struct cleanup
*
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785 get_breakpoint (int num
)
787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
790 if (b
->number
== num
)
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
817 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
839 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
847 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
849 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
860 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
861 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
910 fprintf_filtered (file
,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
925 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
927 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
928 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
930 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
933 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 static struct bp_location
**
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
945 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
951 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
952 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
953 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
955 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
964 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
974 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
975 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
977 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
981 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
985 struct bp_location
*loc
;
987 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
991 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
992 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
993 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1000 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1004 const char *arg
= exp
;
1006 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1007 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1008 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1009 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1011 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1015 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1017 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1019 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1020 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1024 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1026 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1030 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1031 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1033 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1037 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1039 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1045 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1046 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1047 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1051 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1052 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1056 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1057 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1061 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1062 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1063 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1067 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1068 len
= strlen (text
);
1074 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1076 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
1079 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
1086 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1087 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1088 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1091 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1094 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1101 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1104 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1106 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1109 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1111 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1112 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1113 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1114 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1115 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1117 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1119 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1120 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1121 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1123 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1125 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1126 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1131 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1134 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1135 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1136 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1141 struct command_line
*c
;
1143 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1147 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1148 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1149 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1151 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1152 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1154 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1155 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1156 command directly. */
1157 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1158 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1160 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1161 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1167 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1170 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1173 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1175 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1181 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1183 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1187 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1189 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1192 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1195 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1196 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1200 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1201 b
= new tracepoint ();
1202 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1203 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1205 b
= new breakpoint ();
1207 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1210 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1211 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1216 struct command_line
*commands
)
1218 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1220 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1221 struct command_line
*c
;
1222 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1224 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1225 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1229 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1230 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1231 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1232 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1233 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1234 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1235 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1236 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1237 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1238 tracepoint's context. */
1239 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1241 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1244 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1245 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1246 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1247 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1248 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1251 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1252 "can be used only once"));
1257 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1261 struct command_line
*c2
;
1263 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1264 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1265 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1267 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1268 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1274 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1278 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1279 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1282 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1284 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1285 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1289 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1291 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1292 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1293 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1299 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1300 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1303 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1304 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1306 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1308 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1309 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1313 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1314 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1318 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1320 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1323 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1324 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1327 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1328 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1331 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1333 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1336 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1341 breakpoint work for any task. */
1344 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1346 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1349 if (old_task
!= task
)
1350 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1354 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1356 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1358 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1361 /* A structure used to pass information through
1362 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1364 struct commands_info
1366 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1369 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1372 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1373 already-parsed command. */
1374 struct command_line
*control
;
1376 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1378 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1381 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1382 commands_command. */
1385 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1387 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1389 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1393 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1394 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1397 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1400 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1401 "%s, one per line."),
1404 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1406 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1409 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1412 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1415 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1418 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1420 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1422 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1423 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1424 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1425 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1426 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1431 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1432 struct command_line
*control
)
1434 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1435 struct commands_info info
;
1437 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1438 info
.control
= control
;
1440 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1441 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1442 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1444 std::string new_arg
;
1446 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1448 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1449 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1451 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1452 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1457 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1459 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1461 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1462 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1464 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1468 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1470 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1473 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1474 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1476 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1477 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1478 enum command_control_type
1479 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1481 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1482 return simple_control
;
1485 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1488 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1490 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1494 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1495 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1500 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1501 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1504 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1505 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1506 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1509 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1510 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1511 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1512 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1515 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1516 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1520 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1521 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1527 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1529 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1530 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1532 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1539 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1546 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1547 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1549 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1551 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1555 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1557 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1558 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1561 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1563 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1564 shadow_contents buffer. */
1565 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1566 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1567 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1569 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1571 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1572 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1576 const unsigned char *bp
;
1577 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1582 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1586 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1594 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1595 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1597 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1598 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1599 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1601 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1602 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1603 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1605 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1606 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1607 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1608 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1610 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1613 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1614 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1615 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1617 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1619 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1621 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1622 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1623 report higher one. */
1626 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1627 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1629 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1631 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1632 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1634 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1635 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1636 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1637 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1639 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1640 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1641 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1643 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1645 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1652 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1653 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1654 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1655 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1656 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1659 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1661 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1662 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1663 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1666 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1669 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1671 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1673 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1675 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1676 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1677 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1680 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1683 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1684 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1685 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1688 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1691 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1692 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1702 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1704 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1709 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1712 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1719 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1723 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1725 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1726 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1729 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1730 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1731 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1732 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1733 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1734 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1735 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1736 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1739 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1741 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1742 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1743 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1744 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1747 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1748 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1751 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1753 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1755 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1756 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1757 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1758 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1759 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1761 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1764 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1767 static struct value
*
1768 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1770 struct value
*bit_val
;
1775 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1777 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1780 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1787 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1788 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1789 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1790 to be able to report stops. */
1793 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1794 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1796 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1798 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1799 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1800 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1801 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1804 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1805 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1808 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1810 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1812 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1813 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1814 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1817 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1818 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1819 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1820 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1822 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1824 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1825 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1828 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1829 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1830 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1831 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1832 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1833 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1834 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1835 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1837 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1838 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1839 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1840 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1841 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1842 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1843 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1844 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1847 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1848 hardware watchpoints:
1850 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1851 called several times when GDB stops.
1854 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1855 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1856 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1857 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1858 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1859 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1860 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1861 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1862 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1863 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1864 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1866 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1867 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1870 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1872 int within_current_scope
;
1873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1876 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1877 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1878 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1879 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1882 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1887 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1888 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1889 within_current_scope
= 1;
1892 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1893 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1894 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1896 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1897 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1898 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1899 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1900 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1903 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1904 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1905 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1906 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1909 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1911 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1912 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1913 if (within_current_scope
)
1917 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1918 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1919 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1922 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1927 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1928 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1929 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1930 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1931 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1932 be completely different objects. */
1933 value_free (b
->val
);
1937 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1938 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1939 locations (re)created below. */
1940 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1942 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2142 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2221 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2222 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2224 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2225 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2226 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2228 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2229 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2230 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2231 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2232 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2233 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2234 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2235 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2236 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2240 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2241 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2242 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2243 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2248 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2249 instruction that triggered one. */
2250 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2251 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2255 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2256 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2257 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2258 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2267 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2268 that the location is not duplicated. */
2271 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2277 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2278 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2282 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2283 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2284 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2285 any error during parsing. */
2287 static agent_expr_up
2288 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2293 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2295 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2296 that may show up. */
2299 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2302 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2304 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2305 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2306 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2310 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2314 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2315 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2316 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2317 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2318 one of them is true. */
2321 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2323 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2324 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2325 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2328 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2329 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2331 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2332 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2333 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2335 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2336 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2339 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2340 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2341 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2342 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2343 response back to GDB. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2384 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2387 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2392 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2393 for this location's address. */
2394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2398 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2399 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2400 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2404 to send the conditions to the target. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2416 static agent_expr_up
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2419 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2420 struct expression
**argvec
;
2421 const char *cmdrest
;
2422 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2423 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2432 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2434 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2436 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2437 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2439 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2441 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2443 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2445 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2447 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2448 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2450 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2452 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2453 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2455 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2457 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2459 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2461 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2462 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2465 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2470 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2471 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2473 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2477 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2479 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2480 that may show up. */
2483 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2484 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2485 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2487 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2489 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2490 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2491 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2508 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2510 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2511 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2513 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2531 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2532 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2553 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2554 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2557 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2558 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2559 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2561 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2567 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2569 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2571 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2574 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2575 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2577 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2579 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2582 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2587 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2588 for this location's address. */
2589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2592 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2593 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2594 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2595 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2598 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2599 to send the commands to the target. */
2600 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2604 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2605 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2606 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2610 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2611 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2612 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2616 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2618 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2620 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2621 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2623 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2625 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2629 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2632 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2633 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2634 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2635 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2638 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2639 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2641 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2642 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2643 int *disabled_breaks
,
2644 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2645 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2647 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2648 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2650 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2653 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2654 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2655 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2656 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2657 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2658 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2659 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2660 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2661 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2662 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2663 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2666 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2667 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2668 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2669 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2671 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2673 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2674 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2675 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2676 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2679 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2680 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2682 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2684 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2685 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2686 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2688 Two important cases are:
2689 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2690 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2691 hardware breakpoint.
2692 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2693 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2694 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2697 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2698 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2699 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2700 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2702 struct mem_region
*mr
2703 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2707 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2709 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2711 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2712 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2714 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2716 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2718 static int said
= 0;
2720 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2723 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2724 _("Note: automatically using "
2725 "hardware breakpoints for "
2726 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2731 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2732 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2734 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2735 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2736 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2737 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2739 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2745 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2746 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2747 || bl
->section
== NULL
2748 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2750 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2755 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2757 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2759 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2762 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2768 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2769 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2770 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2772 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2773 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2774 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2775 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2776 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2780 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2782 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2783 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2786 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2791 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2792 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2793 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2794 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2795 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2797 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2799 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2802 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2809 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2813 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2814 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2816 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2821 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2823 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2825 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2828 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2834 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2835 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2840 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2842 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2844 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2845 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2846 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2847 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2848 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2849 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2850 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2851 errors as memory errors. */
2852 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2853 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2854 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2855 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2858 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2859 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2861 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2864 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2868 "library breakpoints:\n");
2870 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2871 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2872 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2877 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2879 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2880 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2882 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2883 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2884 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2885 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2889 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2892 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2893 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2896 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2898 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2903 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2918 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2919 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2920 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2921 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2925 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2926 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2930 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2931 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2932 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2934 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2936 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2937 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2941 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2942 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2946 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2947 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2954 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2955 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2958 /* Back to the original value. */
2959 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2963 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2966 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2970 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2971 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2973 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2976 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2980 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2981 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2983 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2986 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2988 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2989 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2990 so just return success. */
2997 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2998 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3002 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3005 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3007 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3010 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3011 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3014 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3015 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3018 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3020 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3022 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3023 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3024 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3026 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3027 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3029 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3035 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3036 removed locations above. */
3037 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3040 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3041 Throws exception on any error.
3042 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3043 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3045 insert_breakpoints (void)
3047 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3050 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3052 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3054 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3057 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3058 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3059 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3060 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3063 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3066 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3068 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3072 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3076 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3077 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3078 always-inserted mode. */
3081 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3086 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3087 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3088 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3090 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3092 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3093 there was an error. */
3094 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3096 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3100 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3102 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3105 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3106 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3107 deletion of breakpoints. */
3108 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3111 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3113 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3114 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3115 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3116 insert breakpoints. */
3117 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3118 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3121 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3122 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3129 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3130 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3134 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3137 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3139 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3140 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3143 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3144 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3145 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3147 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3149 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3150 there was an error. */
3151 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3153 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3157 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3160 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3161 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3162 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3163 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3164 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3167 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3169 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3170 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3171 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3172 insert breakpoints. */
3173 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3174 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3177 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3178 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3183 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3184 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3187 int some_failed
= 0;
3188 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3190 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3196 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3199 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3200 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3207 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3209 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3211 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3212 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3213 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3221 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3222 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3223 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3225 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3226 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3228 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3229 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3233 /* Used when the program stops.
3234 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3235 removing a breakpoint location. */
3238 remove_breakpoints (void)
3240 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3243 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3245 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3246 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3251 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3255 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3257 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3261 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3263 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3265 printf_filtered (_("\
3266 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3267 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3269 /* Hide it from the user. */
3275 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3278 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3282 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3286 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3289 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3291 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3300 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3302 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3304 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3305 struct inferior
*inf
;
3306 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3308 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3312 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3314 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3315 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3317 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3321 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3327 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3335 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3337 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3338 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3339 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3340 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3341 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3342 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3344 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3347 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3350 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3351 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3355 static struct breakpoint
*
3356 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3357 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3358 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3360 symtab_and_line sal
;
3362 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3363 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3365 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3366 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3367 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3372 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3374 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3376 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3378 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3379 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3381 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3384 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3385 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3387 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3388 int longjmp_searched
;
3390 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3391 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3396 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3397 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3399 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3400 int exception_searched
;
3402 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3403 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3406 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3408 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3409 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3411 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3414 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3416 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3419 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3420 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3422 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3423 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3428 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3429 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3432 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3434 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3435 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3437 return bp_objfile_data
;
3441 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3443 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3444 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3446 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3447 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3451 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3453 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3454 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3456 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3459 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3461 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3463 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3465 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3468 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3470 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3472 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3473 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3475 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3476 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3479 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3482 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3483 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3485 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3486 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3487 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3488 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3490 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3492 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3493 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3497 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3498 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3504 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3506 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3508 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3510 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3512 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3514 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3516 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3520 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3522 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3530 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3533 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3534 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3536 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3538 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3539 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3540 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3551 struct probe
*probe
;
3552 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3555 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3563 get_probe_address (probe
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3567 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3574 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3577 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3580 const char *func_name
;
3582 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3584 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3587 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3588 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3590 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3592 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3593 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3595 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3596 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3599 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3602 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3603 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3606 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3607 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3608 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3614 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3616 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3618 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3619 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3621 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3623 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3625 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3628 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3630 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3633 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3634 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3636 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3638 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3641 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3643 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3645 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3646 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3647 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3649 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3650 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3653 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3656 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3657 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3658 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3659 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3660 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3661 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3662 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3663 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3668 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3671 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3673 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3674 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3676 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3679 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3680 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3682 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3684 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3686 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3687 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3691 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3695 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3696 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3698 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3700 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3701 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3702 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3706 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3710 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3712 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3714 struct probe
*probe
;
3717 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3718 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3724 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3725 get_probe_address (probe
,
3727 bp_exception_master
,
3728 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3729 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3730 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3736 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3738 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3741 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3743 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3747 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3748 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3750 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3754 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3757 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3758 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3760 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3761 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3762 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3763 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3764 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3765 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3769 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3772 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3774 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3778 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3781 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3783 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3784 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3785 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3786 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3787 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3788 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3789 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3790 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3792 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3793 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3797 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3800 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3801 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3814 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3815 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3816 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3817 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3818 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3824 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3825 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3827 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3831 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3841 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3842 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3848 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3850 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3851 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3852 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3853 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3857 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3858 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3859 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3860 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3861 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3862 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3864 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3865 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3866 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3867 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3868 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3869 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3870 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3872 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3873 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3874 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3875 let finish_command delete it.
3877 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3878 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3879 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3880 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3881 solib breakpoints.) */
3883 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3888 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3889 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3891 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3893 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3900 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3902 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3904 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3905 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3907 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3908 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3910 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3911 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3914 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3917 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3918 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3919 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3920 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3921 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3922 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3927 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3933 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3934 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3935 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3936 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3937 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3940 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3944 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3945 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3947 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3948 This should not ever happen. */
3949 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3951 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3952 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3954 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3955 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3956 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3958 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3959 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3960 || bl
->section
== NULL
3961 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3963 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3965 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3966 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3967 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3968 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3969 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3970 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3971 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3972 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3973 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3974 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3975 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3976 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3977 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3978 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3979 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3980 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3981 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3982 they should always be removed. */
3983 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3984 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3985 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3988 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3992 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3993 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3994 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3996 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3997 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3999 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4000 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4001 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4002 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4003 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4005 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4006 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4009 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4010 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4013 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4014 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4015 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4016 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4018 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4019 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4020 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4021 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4022 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4023 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4029 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4034 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4035 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4036 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4037 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4038 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4039 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4040 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4041 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4042 always-inserted mode. */
4044 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4045 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4046 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4047 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4053 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4055 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4057 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4058 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4060 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4061 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4063 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4064 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4065 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4068 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4069 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4072 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4073 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4075 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4079 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4086 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4088 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4089 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4091 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4092 This should not ever happen. */
4093 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4095 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4097 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4099 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4102 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4105 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4107 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4110 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4114 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4115 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4117 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4120 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4121 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4122 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4127 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4129 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4130 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4132 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4134 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4136 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4139 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4143 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4149 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4151 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4152 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4155 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4157 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4159 case bp_shlib_event
:
4161 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4162 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4163 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4164 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4165 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4167 (gdb) file prog-linux
4168 (gdb) run # native linux target
4171 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4172 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4175 case bp_step_resume
:
4177 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4179 case bp_single_step
:
4181 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4188 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4189 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4193 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4194 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4198 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4199 valid. New ones will be created in
4200 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4201 The next update_global_location_list call will
4202 garbage collect them. */
4205 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4207 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4208 insert_breakpoints. */
4210 value_free (w
->val
);
4222 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4223 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4224 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4225 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4228 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4229 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4230 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4231 match, not program space. */
4233 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4234 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4235 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4236 permanent breakpoint.
4237 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4238 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4239 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4240 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4241 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243 enum breakpoint_here
4244 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4247 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4251 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4252 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4255 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4256 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4265 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4267 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4271 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4284 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4285 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4288 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4290 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4293 if (overlay_debugging
4294 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4295 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4297 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4308 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4311 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4313 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4317 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4327 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4328 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4331 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4334 if (overlay_debugging
4335 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4336 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4337 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4344 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4347 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4353 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4355 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4356 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4359 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4365 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4369 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4372 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4374 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4376 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4378 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4381 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4388 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4391 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4394 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4398 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4400 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4403 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4411 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4412 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4414 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4418 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4420 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4421 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4424 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4427 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4428 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4432 /* Check for intersection. */
4433 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4434 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4443 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4447 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4449 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4452 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4456 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4458 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4459 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4460 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4461 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4465 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4466 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4469 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4486 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4487 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4490 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4494 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4499 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4501 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4502 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4503 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4504 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4505 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4507 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4508 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4512 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4522 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4525 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4530 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4532 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4538 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4541 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4543 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4545 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4547 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4549 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4554 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4563 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4564 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4565 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4566 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4568 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4569 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4571 Return 1 otherwise. */
4574 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4579 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4581 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4582 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4583 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4584 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4585 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4587 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4589 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4593 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4596 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4598 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4601 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4604 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4608 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4610 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4612 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4614 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4620 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4623 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4625 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4627 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4629 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4630 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4631 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4632 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4633 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4637 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4640 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4643 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4645 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4648 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4649 or its equivalent. */
4652 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4654 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4657 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4658 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4659 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4660 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4662 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4663 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4664 bpstat of the current thread. */
4667 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4670 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4673 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4675 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4678 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4679 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4681 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4683 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4686 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4687 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4689 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4690 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4691 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4693 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4695 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4696 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4697 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4698 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4699 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4700 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4701 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4702 the tree when we're done. */
4703 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4704 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4705 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4706 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4707 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4709 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4715 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4717 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4723 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4724 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4726 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4728 if (current_ui
->async
)
4729 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4730 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4731 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4734 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4735 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4736 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4737 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4738 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4739 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4740 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4741 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4742 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4743 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4744 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4745 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4746 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4751 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4756 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4758 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4760 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4761 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4762 && target_has_execution
4763 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4764 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4765 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4766 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4767 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4768 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4769 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4772 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4775 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4778 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4781 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4784 struct value_print_options opts
;
4785 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4786 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4790 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4791 debugging multiple threads. */
4794 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4796 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4801 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4804 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4806 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4807 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4809 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4812 uiout
->text (" \"");
4813 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4817 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4821 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4822 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4823 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4824 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4827 static enum print_stop_action
4828 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4830 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4833 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4834 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4838 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4839 relevant messages. */
4840 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4843 case print_it_normal
:
4845 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4847 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4848 which has since been deleted. */
4850 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4852 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4853 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4858 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4859 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4864 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4867 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4870 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4872 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4876 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4877 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4879 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4880 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4883 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4884 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4885 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4892 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4893 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4895 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4900 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4901 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4902 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4908 struct so_list
*iter
;
4911 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4912 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4914 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4919 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4920 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4921 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4926 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4927 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4928 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4929 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4930 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4931 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4932 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4935 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4936 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4937 code to print the location. An example is
4938 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4940 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4941 to also print the location part of the message.
4942 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4943 don't require a location appended to the end.
4944 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4945 further info to be printed. */
4947 enum print_stop_action
4948 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4950 enum print_stop_action val
;
4952 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4953 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4954 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4955 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4956 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4958 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4959 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4960 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4961 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4965 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4966 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4967 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4968 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4970 print_solib_event (0);
4971 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4974 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4975 with and nothing was printed. */
4976 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4979 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4980 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4981 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4982 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4983 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4984 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4987 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4989 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4990 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4992 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4996 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4999 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5003 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5005 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5006 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5007 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5008 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5009 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5010 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5011 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5013 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5017 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5018 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5021 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5023 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5027 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5029 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5030 as not triggered. */
5032 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5034 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5036 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5042 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5044 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5045 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5047 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5049 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5051 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5057 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5058 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5062 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5064 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5065 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5067 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5068 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5070 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5072 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5073 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5075 if (newaddr
== start
)
5077 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5081 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5082 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5086 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5095 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5096 because of check_errors). */
5097 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5098 #define WP_DELETED 1
5099 /* The value has changed. */
5100 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5101 /* The value has not changed. */
5102 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5103 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5106 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5107 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5109 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5112 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5113 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5116 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5118 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5119 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5120 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5121 int within_current_scope
;
5123 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5124 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5125 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5127 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5128 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5129 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5130 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5133 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5134 within_current_scope
= 1;
5137 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5138 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5139 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5141 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5142 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5143 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5144 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5145 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5146 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5147 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5148 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5149 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5150 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5153 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5154 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5156 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5157 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5158 if (within_current_scope
)
5160 struct symbol
*function
;
5162 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5163 if (function
== NULL
5164 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5165 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5166 within_current_scope
= 0;
5169 if (within_current_scope
)
5170 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5171 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5176 if (within_current_scope
)
5178 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5179 time before we return to the command level and call
5180 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5181 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5185 struct value
*new_val
;
5187 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5188 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5189 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5190 a mask watchpoint. */
5191 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5193 mark
= value_mark ();
5194 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5196 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5197 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5199 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5200 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5201 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5202 not what we want. */
5203 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5204 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5206 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5208 release_value (new_val
);
5209 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5211 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5214 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5218 /* Nothing changed. */
5219 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5220 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5225 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5226 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5227 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5228 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5229 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5230 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5231 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5232 the first value assigned). */
5233 /* We print all the stop information in
5234 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5235 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5236 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5239 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5243 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5245 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5246 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5247 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5248 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5249 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5252 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5253 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
5254 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5260 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5261 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5262 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5265 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5266 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5267 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5269 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5271 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5272 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5274 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5277 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5278 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5281 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5283 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5284 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5286 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5287 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5288 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5289 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5290 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5293 int must_check_value
= 0;
5295 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5296 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5298 must_check_value
= 1;
5299 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5300 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5301 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5303 must_check_value
= 1;
5304 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5305 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5306 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5307 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5308 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5309 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5310 must_check_value
= 1;
5312 if (must_check_value
)
5315 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5317 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5318 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5320 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5324 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5325 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5329 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5332 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5333 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5335 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5337 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5338 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5339 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5340 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5341 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5342 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5343 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5346 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5347 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5350 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5351 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5352 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5353 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5355 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5356 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5357 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5360 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5361 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5362 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5363 changes. This still gives false positives when
5364 the program writes the same value to memory as
5365 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5366 it for a read), but it's much better than
5369 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5371 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5373 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5376 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5377 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5379 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5380 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5382 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5383 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5385 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5391 if (other_write_watchpoint
5392 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5394 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5395 and the value changed since the last time we
5396 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5398 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5403 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5404 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5405 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5407 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5408 the value hasn't changed. */
5409 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5417 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5419 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5421 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5424 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5425 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5426 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5431 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5433 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5434 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5435 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5436 anything for this watchpoint. */
5437 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5443 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5444 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5445 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5446 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5449 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5451 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5453 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5454 struct expression
*cond
;
5456 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5458 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5459 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5460 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5461 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5462 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5464 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5465 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5466 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5468 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5469 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5475 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5476 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5478 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5479 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5486 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5488 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5490 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5492 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5494 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5497 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5499 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5501 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5502 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5504 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5505 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5506 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5507 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5509 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5511 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5512 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5516 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5517 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5518 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5519 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5520 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5522 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5523 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5526 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5528 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5529 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5530 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5531 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5532 really matter which instantiation of the function
5533 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5534 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5535 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5536 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5537 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5538 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5539 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5540 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5542 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5544 select_frame (frame
);
5546 within_current_scope
= 0;
5548 if (within_current_scope
)
5550 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5551 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5555 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5556 "in the current scope"));
5557 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5558 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5561 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5562 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5565 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5569 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5573 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5575 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5579 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5580 on the current target. */
5583 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5585 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5586 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5587 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5588 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5592 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5593 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5595 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5596 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5599 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5601 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5603 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5604 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5605 several reasons concurrently.)
5607 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5608 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5611 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5612 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5613 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5615 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5616 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5617 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5618 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5619 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5620 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5623 int need_remove_insert
;
5626 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5627 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5628 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5629 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5630 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5631 inferior function calls. */
5635 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5638 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5640 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5641 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5642 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5643 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5644 checked all locations already. */
5645 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5648 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5651 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5654 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5657 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5660 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5661 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5662 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5666 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5667 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5668 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5670 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5672 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5674 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5679 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5680 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5681 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5683 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5685 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5686 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5688 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5689 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5692 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5697 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5698 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5699 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5701 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5703 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5705 handle_solib_event ();
5710 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5711 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5712 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5716 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5721 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5722 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5725 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5730 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5732 /* We will stop here. */
5733 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5735 --(b
->enable_count
);
5736 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5737 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5742 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5743 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5744 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5745 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5748 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5753 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5755 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5756 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5759 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5760 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5761 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5763 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5764 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5765 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5767 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5768 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5772 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5773 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5776 if (need_remove_insert
)
5777 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5778 else if (removed_any
)
5779 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5785 handle_jit_event (void)
5787 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5788 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5791 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5793 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5794 breakpoint_re_set. */
5795 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5797 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5798 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5800 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5802 target_terminal_inferior ();
5805 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5807 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5810 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5812 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5815 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5816 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5817 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5819 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5821 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5822 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5823 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5826 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5828 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5829 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5833 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5840 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5841 case bp_single_step
:
5844 case bp_shlib_event
:
5848 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5853 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5856 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5857 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5858 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5862 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5864 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5868 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5869 This requires no further action. */
5873 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5877 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5878 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5881 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5883 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5884 case bp_exception_resume
:
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5888 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5893 case bp_step_resume
:
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5898 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5902 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5907 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5911 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5912 case bp_thread_event
:
5913 case bp_overlay_event
:
5914 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5915 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5916 case bp_exception_master
:
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5923 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5925 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5929 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5930 This requires no further action. */
5934 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5937 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5938 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5939 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5940 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5942 case bp_std_terminate
:
5943 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5944 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5945 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5946 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5949 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5950 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5951 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5952 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5954 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5955 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5957 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5958 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5959 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5961 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5962 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5963 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5964 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5969 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5971 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5975 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5976 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5979 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5986 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5990 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5992 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5999 handle_jit_event ();
6001 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6002 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6004 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6005 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6011 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6012 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6013 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6016 bpstat_should_step (void)
6018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6021 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6027 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6029 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6038 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6039 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6040 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6043 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6045 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6046 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6050 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6052 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6054 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6055 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6056 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6061 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6067 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6068 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6070 "host": Host evals condition.
6071 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6072 "target": Target evals condition.
6076 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6078 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6079 char host_evals
= 0;
6080 char target_evals
= 0;
6085 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6090 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6092 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6094 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6100 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6101 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6102 else if (target_evals
)
6103 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6105 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6108 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6109 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6112 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6114 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6117 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6118 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6119 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6121 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6122 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6124 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6127 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6130 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6131 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6133 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6135 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6137 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6141 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6143 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6144 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6145 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6148 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6151 uiout
->text ("in ");
6152 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6154 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6155 uiout
->text ("at ");
6157 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6158 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6161 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6162 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6164 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6170 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6172 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6176 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6177 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6178 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6179 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6180 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6181 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6183 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6187 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6191 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6192 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6193 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6196 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6197 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6203 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6205 struct ep_type_description
6208 const char *description
;
6210 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6212 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6213 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6214 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6215 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6216 {bp_until
, "until"},
6217 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6218 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6219 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6220 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6221 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6222 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6223 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6224 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6225 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6226 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6227 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6228 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6229 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6230 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6231 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6232 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6233 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6234 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6235 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6236 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6237 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6238 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6239 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6240 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6241 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6242 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6243 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6244 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6245 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6248 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6249 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6250 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6251 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6254 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6257 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6258 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6261 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6262 const char *field_name
,
6266 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6270 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6271 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6272 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6275 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6277 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6283 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6284 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6289 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6293 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6298 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6301 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6302 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6304 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6307 struct command_line
*l
;
6308 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6310 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6311 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6312 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6313 struct value_print_options opts
;
6315 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6317 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6318 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6319 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6322 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6323 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6331 if (part_of_multiple
)
6334 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6335 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6340 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6345 if (part_of_multiple
)
6346 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6348 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6352 if (part_of_multiple
)
6353 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6355 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6360 if (part_of_multiple
)
6361 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6363 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6368 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6370 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6371 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6372 make sure there's just one location. */
6373 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6374 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6380 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6381 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6385 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6386 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6387 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6389 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6391 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6392 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6393 is relatively readable). */
6394 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6395 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6397 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6403 case bp_single_step
:
6407 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6408 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6410 case bp_exception_resume
:
6411 case bp_step_resume
:
6412 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6413 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6415 case bp_std_terminate
:
6416 case bp_shlib_event
:
6417 case bp_thread_event
:
6418 case bp_overlay_event
:
6419 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6420 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6421 case bp_exception_master
:
6423 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6424 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6427 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6428 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6429 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6432 if (header_of_multiple
)
6433 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6434 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6435 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6437 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6438 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6441 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6442 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6449 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6451 struct inferior
*inf
;
6452 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6457 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6458 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6461 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6462 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6464 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6465 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6466 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6467 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6468 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6469 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6471 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6472 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6475 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6477 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6479 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6480 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6481 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6482 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6484 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6486 uiout
->text (" task ");
6487 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6494 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6496 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6499 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6500 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6502 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6503 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6507 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6510 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6511 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6513 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6514 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6516 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6517 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6518 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6519 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6520 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6523 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6524 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6525 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6530 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6532 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6533 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6534 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6535 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6538 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6540 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6545 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6549 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6550 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6551 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6552 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6553 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6555 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6556 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6557 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6558 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6559 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6561 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6565 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6566 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6567 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6574 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6575 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6576 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6579 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6580 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6581 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6582 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6585 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6586 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6587 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6588 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6589 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6591 uiout
->text ("next ");
6592 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6593 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6596 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6598 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6600 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6602 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6603 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6604 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6608 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6612 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6613 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6616 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6618 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6620 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6622 annotate_field (10);
6623 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6624 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6625 uiout
->text (" \n");
6628 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6630 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6632 annotate_field (11);
6634 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6635 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6636 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6642 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6643 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6648 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6650 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6654 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6656 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6657 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6658 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6659 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6664 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6665 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6671 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6673 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6676 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6677 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6678 locations, if any. */
6679 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6681 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6682 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6683 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6686 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6687 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6689 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6690 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6692 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6695 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6697 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6698 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6705 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6707 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6710 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6711 address to print. */
6712 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6715 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6719 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6720 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6721 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6724 return print_address_bits
;
6727 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6733 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6735 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6736 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6738 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6742 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6744 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6752 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6753 char **error_message
)
6755 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6758 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6760 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6761 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6767 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6768 internal or momentary. */
6771 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6773 return b
->number
> 0;
6776 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6779 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6781 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6784 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6785 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6786 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6787 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6788 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6789 breakpoints listed. */
6792 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6793 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6796 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6797 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6798 struct value_print_options opts
;
6799 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6800 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6801 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6803 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6805 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6806 required for address fields. */
6807 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6810 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6811 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6814 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6815 accept. Skip the others. */
6816 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6818 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6820 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6824 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6826 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6828 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6829 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6830 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6832 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6833 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6834 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6836 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6841 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6842 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6843 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6846 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6847 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6848 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6850 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6851 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6853 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6854 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6856 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6857 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6859 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6860 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6864 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6865 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6867 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6872 uiout
->table_body ();
6873 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6879 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6880 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6883 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6884 accept. Skip the others. */
6886 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6888 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6890 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6893 else /* all others */
6895 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6899 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6901 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6902 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6906 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6908 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6912 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6913 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6915 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6921 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6922 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6925 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6926 there have been breakpoints? */
6927 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6929 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6932 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6933 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6936 default_collect_info (void)
6938 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6940 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6941 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6943 if (!*default_collect
)
6946 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6948 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6949 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6950 uiout
->text (" \n");
6954 info_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6956 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6958 default_collect_info ();
6962 info_watchpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6964 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6965 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6967 if (num_printed
== 0)
6969 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6970 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6972 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6977 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6979 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6981 default_collect_info ();
6985 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6986 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6987 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6989 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6991 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6993 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6994 && bl
->address
== pc
6995 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7001 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7002 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7006 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7007 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7008 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7011 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7014 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7015 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7019 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7020 else /* if (others == ???) */
7021 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7023 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7026 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7027 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7028 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7029 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7030 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7031 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7032 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7033 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7037 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7039 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7040 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7041 printf_filtered (".\n");
7046 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7047 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7048 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7049 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7051 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7052 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7053 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7054 breakpoint location at address zero:
7062 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7064 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7066 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7069 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7070 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7073 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7074 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7076 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7077 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7079 /* Both of them must exist. */
7080 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7081 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7083 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7084 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7085 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7086 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7087 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7088 other watchpoint. */
7090 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7092 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7093 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7095 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7097 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7098 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7101 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7102 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7103 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7104 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7105 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7106 become hw_access locations later. */
7107 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7108 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7109 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7110 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7113 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7116 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7117 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7119 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7120 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7124 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7125 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7126 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7127 space doesn't really matter. */
7130 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7131 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7134 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7135 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7136 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7139 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7140 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7141 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7142 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7145 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7146 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7149 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7152 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7153 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7157 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7158 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7159 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7160 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7161 doesn't really matter. */
7164 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7165 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7166 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7168 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7169 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7171 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7173 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7179 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7180 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7181 true, otherwise returns false. */
7184 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7185 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7187 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7188 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7189 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7190 different locations. */
7191 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7196 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7197 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7198 represent the same location. */
7201 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7202 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7204 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7206 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7207 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7208 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7210 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7211 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7213 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7216 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7217 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7218 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7220 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7221 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7222 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7223 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7227 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7228 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7230 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7231 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7235 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7236 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7238 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7239 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7241 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7244 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7245 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7246 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7247 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7250 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7251 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7253 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7255 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7258 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7259 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7260 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7261 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7262 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7264 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7265 have their addresses modified. */
7268 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7270 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7271 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7272 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7273 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7274 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7275 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7280 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7282 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7283 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7284 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7286 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7287 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7289 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7290 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7292 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7296 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7298 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7300 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7304 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7305 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7308 switch (owner
->type
)
7311 case bp_single_step
:
7315 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7316 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7318 case bp_exception_resume
:
7319 case bp_step_resume
:
7320 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7321 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7323 case bp_std_terminate
:
7324 case bp_shlib_event
:
7325 case bp_thread_event
:
7326 case bp_overlay_event
:
7328 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7329 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7330 case bp_exception_master
:
7331 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7332 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7334 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7335 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7337 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7338 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7339 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7341 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7342 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7343 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7344 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7349 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7350 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7351 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7354 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7360 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7362 static struct bp_location
*
7363 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7365 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7369 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7371 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7375 /* Increment reference count. */
7378 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7383 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7384 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7387 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7389 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7391 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7392 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7396 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7399 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7401 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7402 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7404 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7405 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7407 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7409 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7414 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7420 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7423 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7424 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7426 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7428 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7432 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7433 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7434 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7435 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7438 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7439 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7441 static struct breakpoint
*
7442 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7444 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7446 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7448 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7449 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7452 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7453 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7457 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7459 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7461 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7462 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7463 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7466 const char *function_name
;
7467 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7469 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7470 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7472 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7476 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7477 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7478 &loc
->requested_address
))
7480 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7481 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7482 loc
->requested_address
,
7485 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7486 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7488 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7489 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7490 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7491 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7493 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7498 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7502 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7504 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7507 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7509 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7514 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7515 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7516 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7518 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7519 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7520 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7523 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7524 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7525 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7527 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7529 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7531 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7532 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7534 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7535 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7537 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7538 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7541 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7542 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7543 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7544 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7545 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7546 is also returned as the value of this function.
7548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7551 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7552 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7553 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7554 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7557 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7558 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7559 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7561 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7563 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7564 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7567 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7568 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7569 initiated the operation. */
7572 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7574 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7575 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7577 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7578 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7579 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7580 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7582 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7583 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7584 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7586 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7587 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7589 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7590 after their removal. */
7591 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7592 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7593 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7596 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7599 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7601 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7603 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7606 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7608 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7614 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7619 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7621 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7622 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7626 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7627 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7628 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7632 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7637 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7639 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7641 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7642 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7644 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7646 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7648 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7651 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7652 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7653 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7654 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7660 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7661 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7664 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7665 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7669 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7671 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7674 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7676 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7678 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7679 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7680 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7681 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7684 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7686 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7688 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7689 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7690 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7692 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7697 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7699 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7702 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7704 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7705 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7706 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7711 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7716 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7718 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7720 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7724 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7725 master breakpoint. */
7727 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7732 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7733 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7735 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7736 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7740 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7742 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7744 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7747 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7752 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7756 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7757 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7759 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7760 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7761 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7763 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7768 struct lang_and_radix
7774 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7777 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7779 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7780 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7783 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7786 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7788 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7791 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7792 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7797 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7799 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7802 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7803 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7807 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7810 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7812 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7815 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7816 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7817 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7820 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7821 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7822 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7824 static struct breakpoint
*
7825 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7826 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7828 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7830 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7831 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7832 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7837 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7839 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7842 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7845 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7849 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7851 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7852 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7854 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7860 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7861 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7864 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7866 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7870 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7871 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7873 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7874 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7875 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7876 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7877 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7878 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7879 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7880 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7881 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7882 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7883 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7884 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7887 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7892 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7893 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7894 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7897 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7899 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7900 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7904 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7905 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7907 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7908 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7909 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7910 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7911 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7912 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7913 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7914 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7915 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7917 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7918 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7919 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7920 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7923 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7924 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7926 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7928 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7929 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7930 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7933 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7938 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7939 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7940 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7943 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7945 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7947 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7950 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7951 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7952 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7953 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7954 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7955 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7956 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7957 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7958 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7959 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7961 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7962 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7968 int bp_modified
= 0;
7970 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7975 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7977 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7978 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7981 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7984 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7987 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7988 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7991 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7993 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7994 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7995 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7996 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7997 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8000 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8007 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8011 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8013 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8014 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
8015 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8017 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8019 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8020 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8021 catchpoint has triggered. */
8022 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8025 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8029 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8031 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8034 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8038 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8040 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8043 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8047 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8048 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8049 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8051 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8053 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8056 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8060 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 static enum print_stop_action
8064 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8066 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8067 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8068 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8070 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8071 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8072 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8073 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8075 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8076 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8078 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8079 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8081 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8082 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8083 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8084 uiout
->text ("), ");
8085 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8088 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8092 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8094 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8095 struct value_print_options opts
;
8096 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8098 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8100 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8101 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8103 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8104 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8106 uiout
->text ("fork");
8107 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8109 uiout
->text (", process ");
8110 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8114 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8115 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8118 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8122 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8124 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8127 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8131 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8134 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8137 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8139 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8141 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8145 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8147 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8150 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8154 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8156 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8159 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8163 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8164 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8165 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8167 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8169 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8172 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8176 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8179 static enum print_stop_action
8180 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8183 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8184 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8186 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8187 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8188 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8189 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8191 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8192 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8194 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8195 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8197 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8198 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8199 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8200 uiout
->text ("), ");
8201 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8204 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8208 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8210 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8211 struct value_print_options opts
;
8212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8214 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8215 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8216 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8218 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8219 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8221 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8222 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8224 uiout
->text (", process ");
8225 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8229 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8230 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8233 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8237 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8239 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8242 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8246 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8249 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8254 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8256 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8257 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8258 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8260 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8262 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8264 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8265 unsigned char is_load
;
8267 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8268 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8270 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8273 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8275 xfree (this->regex
);
8279 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8285 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8291 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8292 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8294 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8296 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8297 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8299 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8304 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8306 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8309 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8312 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8315 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8317 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8326 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8328 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8329 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8334 struct so_list
*iter
;
8337 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8342 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8351 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8356 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8362 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8365 static enum print_stop_action
8366 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8368 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8369 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8371 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8372 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8373 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8374 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8376 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8377 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8379 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8380 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8381 print_solib_event (1);
8382 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8386 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8388 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8389 struct value_print_options opts
;
8390 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8393 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8394 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8395 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8397 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8400 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8407 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8409 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8414 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8416 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8418 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8421 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8422 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8426 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8428 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8430 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8431 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8435 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8437 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8439 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8440 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8441 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8447 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8449 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8450 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8451 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8452 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8453 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8454 created in an enabled state. */
8457 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8459 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8463 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8465 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8469 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8470 _("Invalid regexp")));
8471 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8474 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8475 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8476 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8478 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8480 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8483 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8487 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8488 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8491 const int enabled
= 1;
8493 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8495 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8499 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8500 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8502 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8506 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8507 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8509 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8512 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8513 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8514 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8515 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8518 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8520 const char *cond_string
,
8521 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8523 symtab_and_line sal
;
8524 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8526 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8528 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8529 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8533 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8535 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8536 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8537 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8538 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8541 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8544 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8548 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8549 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8550 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8552 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8554 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8556 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8558 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8561 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8563 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8564 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8565 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8567 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8569 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8571 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8572 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8574 char *exec_pathname
;
8577 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8579 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8581 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8585 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8587 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8591 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8593 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8597 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8598 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8599 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8601 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8603 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8606 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8610 static enum print_stop_action
8611 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8613 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8614 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8615 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8617 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8618 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8619 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8620 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8622 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8623 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8625 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8626 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8628 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8629 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8630 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8631 uiout
->text ("), ");
8633 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8637 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8639 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8640 struct value_print_options opts
;
8641 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8643 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8645 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8646 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8647 is relatively readable). */
8648 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8649 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8651 uiout
->text ("exec");
8652 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8654 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8655 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8656 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8659 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8660 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8664 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8669 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8673 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8676 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8679 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8682 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8686 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8690 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8691 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8693 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8695 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8702 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8706 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8709 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8711 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8714 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8716 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8718 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8724 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8725 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8726 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8727 types _not_ TYPE. */
8730 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8731 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8736 *other_type_used
= 0;
8741 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8744 if (b
->type
== type
)
8745 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8746 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8747 *other_type_used
= 1;
8754 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8756 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8760 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8762 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8769 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8775 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8777 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8784 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8786 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8791 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8793 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8794 breakpoint_re_set ();
8797 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8800 static struct breakpoint
*
8801 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8803 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8805 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8806 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8808 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8809 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8812 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8814 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8817 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8818 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8822 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8823 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8825 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8827 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8829 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8831 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8832 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8833 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8834 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8836 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8837 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8839 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8840 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8842 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8847 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8848 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8849 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8851 static struct breakpoint
*
8852 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8854 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8857 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8859 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8860 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8861 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8863 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8864 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8865 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8866 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8867 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8868 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8869 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8870 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8871 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8872 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8873 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8874 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8876 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8877 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8878 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8880 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8884 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8888 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8890 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8894 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8898 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8901 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8903 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8905 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8906 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8908 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8912 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8915 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8917 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8918 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8920 printf_filtered ("\n");
8924 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8926 static struct bp_location
*
8927 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8928 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8930 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8931 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8932 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8934 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8935 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8937 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8938 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8939 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8940 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8941 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8942 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8943 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8946 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8947 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8948 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8949 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8954 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8955 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8956 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8957 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8958 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8959 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8960 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8961 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8962 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8963 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8965 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8966 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8968 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8969 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8970 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8971 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8972 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8973 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8974 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8975 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8976 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8977 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8978 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8979 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8981 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8988 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8991 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8995 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8996 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8997 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9001 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9003 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9007 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9009 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9010 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9011 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9012 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9014 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9015 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9018 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9023 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9024 return 0 otherwise. */
9027 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9029 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9031 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9032 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9033 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9035 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9038 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9040 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9043 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9044 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9047 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9049 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9050 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9055 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9057 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9059 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9061 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9063 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9064 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9066 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9067 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9068 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9070 if (!dprintf_function
)
9071 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9073 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9074 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9079 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9083 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9085 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9086 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9089 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9090 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9094 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9095 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9097 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9098 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9100 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9102 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9103 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9104 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9105 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9106 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9108 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9112 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9113 current style settings. */
9116 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9117 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9119 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9123 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9124 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9128 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9129 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9130 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9131 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9134 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9135 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9136 event_location_up
&&location
,
9137 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9138 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9139 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9140 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9141 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9143 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9144 int display_canonical
)
9148 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9150 int target_resources_ok
;
9152 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9153 target_resources_ok
=
9154 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9156 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9157 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9158 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9159 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9162 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
9164 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9166 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9170 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9172 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9174 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9175 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9178 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
9180 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9184 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
9185 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
9186 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9187 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9188 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9190 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9191 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9193 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9195 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9196 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9198 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9200 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9201 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9203 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9207 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9209 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9211 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9212 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9214 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9216 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9218 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9220 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9221 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9223 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9225 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9228 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9229 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9236 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9237 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9243 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9245 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9246 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9248 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9251 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9252 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9253 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9255 if (b
->extra_string
)
9256 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9258 error (_("Format string required"));
9260 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9261 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9264 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9265 if (location
!= NULL
)
9266 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9268 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9269 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9273 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9274 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9275 event_location_up
&&location
,
9276 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9277 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9278 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9279 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9280 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9281 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9282 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9283 int display_canonical
)
9285 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9287 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9288 sals
, std::move (location
),
9290 std::move (cond_string
),
9291 std::move (extra_string
),
9293 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9295 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9298 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9301 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9302 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9303 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9304 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9305 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9306 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9307 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9308 we take just a single condition string.
9310 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9311 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9312 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9313 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9314 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9317 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9318 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9319 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9320 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9321 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9322 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9323 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9324 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9326 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9327 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9329 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9331 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9332 'break', without arguments. */
9333 event_location_up location
9334 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9335 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9336 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9337 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9339 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9340 std::move (location
),
9341 std::move (filter_string
),
9342 std::move (cond_string
),
9343 std::move (extra_string
),
9345 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9346 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9347 canonical
->special_display
);
9351 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9352 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9353 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9354 linespec locations).
9356 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9357 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9360 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9361 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9363 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9365 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9367 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9369 if (address
== NULL
)
9371 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9372 breakpoint address. */
9373 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9375 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9376 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9377 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9378 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9379 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9380 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9381 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9383 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9385 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9386 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9387 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9388 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9389 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9391 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9393 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9395 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9397 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9401 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9405 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9406 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9407 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9408 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9410 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9411 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9412 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9413 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9415 const char *address
= NULL
;
9417 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9418 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9422 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9423 && address
[1] != '['))
9425 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9426 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9427 get_last_displayed_line (),
9428 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9433 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9434 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9438 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9439 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9442 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9444 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9445 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9448 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9449 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9450 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9451 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9452 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9456 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9457 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9461 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9463 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9465 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9467 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9468 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9469 associated with SAL. */
9472 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
);
9473 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9476 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9477 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9479 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9483 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9484 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9485 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9486 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9487 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9488 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9491 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9492 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9495 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9502 const char *end_tok
;
9504 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9505 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9507 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9509 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9511 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9515 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9517 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9519 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9521 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9522 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9524 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9526 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9529 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9532 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9534 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9535 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9538 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9543 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9545 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9546 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9547 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9552 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9556 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9560 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9562 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9563 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9565 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9566 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9567 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9572 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9574 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9576 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9577 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9579 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9580 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9581 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9583 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9584 sals
.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
));
9586 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
); i
++)
9588 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9590 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9592 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9593 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
9594 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9596 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9599 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9605 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9608 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9609 const struct event_location
*location
,
9610 const char *cond_string
,
9611 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9613 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9615 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9616 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9617 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9620 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9621 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9624 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9626 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9628 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9629 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9630 extra_string
= NULL
;
9634 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9636 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9638 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9640 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9642 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9645 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9646 throw_exception (e
);
9648 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9650 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9651 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9652 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9653 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9654 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9657 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9658 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9659 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9660 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9664 throw_exception (e
);
9668 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9671 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9672 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9673 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9674 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9675 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9677 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9678 are ok for the target. */
9681 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9682 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9685 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9686 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9688 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9689 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9692 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9693 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9697 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9698 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9705 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9707 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9708 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9709 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9710 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9712 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9713 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9714 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9715 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9719 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9720 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9721 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9723 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9725 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9726 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9728 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9731 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9732 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9733 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9735 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9736 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9737 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9741 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9743 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9744 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9747 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9750 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9751 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9755 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9756 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9757 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9758 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9759 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9760 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9761 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9762 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9763 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9765 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9768 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9770 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9771 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9772 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9775 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9777 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9779 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9780 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9785 /* Set a breakpoint.
9786 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9787 condition, and thread.
9788 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9789 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9793 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9795 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9796 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9797 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9799 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9801 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9803 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9804 if (location
!= NULL
9805 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9806 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9808 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9810 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9812 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9813 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9814 0 /* Ignore count */,
9815 pending_break_support
,
9823 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9826 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9830 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9832 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9833 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9834 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9837 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9838 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9839 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9840 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9843 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9845 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9846 const struct block
*b
;
9849 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9850 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9853 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9856 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9857 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9862 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9863 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9864 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9865 happen in assembly source). */
9867 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9868 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9870 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9872 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9879 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9881 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9885 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9887 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9891 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9893 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9897 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9899 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9903 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9905 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9906 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9907 stop at <line>\n"));
9911 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9915 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9917 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9922 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9923 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9924 function/method name. */
9925 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9927 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9932 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9934 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9938 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9940 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9944 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9948 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9955 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9956 it is probably a line number. */
9957 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9959 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9964 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9966 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9970 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9972 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9975 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9976 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9977 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9981 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9983 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9985 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9986 the next character must be ','. */
9989 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9990 error (_("Format string required"));
9993 /* Skip the comma. */
9998 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10000 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10002 0 /* Ignore count */,
10003 pending_break_support
,
10004 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10012 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10014 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10017 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10018 ranged breakpoints. */
10021 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10022 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10024 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10026 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10027 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10030 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10031 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10034 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10035 ranged breakpoints. */
10038 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10040 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10043 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10044 ranged breakpoints. */
10046 static enum print_stop_action
10047 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10049 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10050 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10051 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10053 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10055 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10056 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10058 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10060 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10062 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10063 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10065 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10066 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10068 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10069 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10070 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10072 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10073 uiout
->text (", ");
10075 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10078 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10079 ranged breakpoints. */
10082 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10083 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10085 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10086 struct value_print_options opts
;
10087 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10089 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10090 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10092 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10094 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10095 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10096 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10097 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10098 annotate_field (5);
10099 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10103 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10104 ranged breakpoints. */
10107 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10108 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10110 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10111 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10116 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10117 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10119 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10120 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10121 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10122 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10123 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10124 uiout
->text ("\n");
10127 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10128 ranged breakpoints. */
10131 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10133 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10134 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10137 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10139 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10142 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10143 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10144 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10147 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10148 ranged breakpoints. */
10151 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10153 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10154 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10155 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10156 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10159 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10161 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10163 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10164 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10165 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10166 last instruction of the given line. */
10169 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10173 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10174 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10175 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10182 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10184 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10186 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10193 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10196 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10198 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10199 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10200 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10202 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10203 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10205 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10206 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10207 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10209 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10210 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10211 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10213 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10214 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10216 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10217 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10218 error(_("No address range specified."));
10221 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10223 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10226 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10227 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10228 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10230 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10232 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10233 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10234 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10236 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10237 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10238 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10240 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10241 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10243 /* Parse the end location. */
10247 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10248 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10249 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10250 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10251 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10252 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10254 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10255 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10256 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10258 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10259 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10261 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10262 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10263 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10264 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10266 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10268 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10269 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10270 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10272 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10274 /* Length overflowed. */
10275 error (_("Address range too large."));
10276 else if (length
== 1)
10278 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10279 the `hbreak' command. */
10280 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10282 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10287 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10288 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10289 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10290 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10291 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10292 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10293 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10294 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10295 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10297 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10300 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10301 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10304 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10305 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10306 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10310 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10312 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10318 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10319 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10322 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10332 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10333 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10334 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10335 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10336 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10338 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10365 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10368 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10369 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10374 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10375 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10376 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10377 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10378 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10379 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10380 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10382 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10383 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10388 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10390 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10391 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10392 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10393 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10395 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10396 are always constant. */
10398 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10400 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10401 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10402 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10407 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10408 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10409 then it is not a constant. */
10418 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10420 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10422 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10423 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10424 value_free (this->val
);
10427 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10430 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10432 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10434 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10435 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10437 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10438 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10439 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10440 are loaded and unloaded.
10442 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10443 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10444 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10445 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10446 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10447 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10449 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10450 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10451 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10452 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10454 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10455 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10457 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10458 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10459 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10462 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10465 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10467 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10468 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10470 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10471 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10474 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10477 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10479 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10480 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10482 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10483 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10487 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10488 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10489 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10491 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10492 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10494 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10495 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10496 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10497 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10498 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10499 (did not match the data address). */
10500 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10501 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10508 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10510 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10512 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10515 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10516 hardware watchpoints. */
10519 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10521 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10522 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10524 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10527 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10528 hardware watchpoints. */
10531 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10533 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10534 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10537 static enum print_stop_action
10538 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10540 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10541 enum print_stop_action result
;
10542 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10543 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10545 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10547 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10548 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10550 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10551 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10555 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10558 case bp_watchpoint
:
10559 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10560 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10561 uiout
->field_string
10562 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10564 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10565 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10566 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10567 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10568 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10569 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10570 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10571 uiout
->text ("\n");
10572 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10573 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10576 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10577 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10578 uiout
->field_string
10579 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10581 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10582 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10583 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10584 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10585 uiout
->text ("\n");
10586 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10589 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10590 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10592 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10593 uiout
->field_string
10595 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10597 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10598 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10599 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10600 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10601 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10606 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10607 uiout
->field_string
10609 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10610 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10611 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10613 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10614 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10615 uiout
->text ("\n");
10616 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10619 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10625 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10629 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10631 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10632 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10633 const char *tuple_name
;
10637 case bp_watchpoint
:
10638 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10639 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10641 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10642 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10643 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10645 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10646 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10647 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10649 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10650 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10651 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10654 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10655 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10658 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10659 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10660 uiout
->text (": ");
10661 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10664 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10668 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10670 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10674 case bp_watchpoint
:
10675 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10678 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10681 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10685 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10686 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10690 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10693 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10699 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10700 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10701 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10707 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10709 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10711 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10712 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10715 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10717 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10719 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10720 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10723 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10724 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10727 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10729 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10731 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10732 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10735 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10736 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10739 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10741 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10743 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10746 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10747 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10750 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10755 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10756 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10758 static enum print_stop_action
10759 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10761 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10762 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10764 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10765 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10767 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10768 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10772 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10773 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10774 uiout
->field_string
10775 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10779 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10780 uiout
->field_string
10781 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10784 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10785 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10786 uiout
->field_string
10788 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10791 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10792 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10796 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10797 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10798 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10799 uiout
->text ("\n");
10801 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10802 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10805 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10806 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10809 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10810 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10812 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10814 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10815 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10817 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10818 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10819 uiout
->text ("\n");
10822 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10823 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10826 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10828 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10829 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10830 const char *tuple_name
;
10834 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10835 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10836 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10838 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10839 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10840 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10842 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10843 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10844 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10847 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10848 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10851 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10852 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10853 uiout
->text (": ");
10854 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10857 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10858 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10861 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10863 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10871 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10874 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10879 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10882 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10884 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10887 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10889 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10891 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10894 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10896 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10899 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10900 hw_read: watch read,
10901 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10903 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10904 int just_location
, int internal
)
10906 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10907 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10908 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10909 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10910 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10911 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10912 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10914 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10915 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10916 enum bptype bp_type
;
10919 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10920 the hardware watchpoint. */
10922 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10924 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10926 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10927 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10929 const char *value_start
;
10931 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10933 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10934 of the arguments string. */
10935 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10937 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10938 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10941 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10942 This is the value of the parameter. */
10943 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10945 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10947 /* Skip whitespace. */
10948 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10953 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10954 This is the parameter itself. */
10955 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10958 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10960 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10962 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10963 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10964 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10965 only in a specific thread. */
10969 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10971 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10972 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10974 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10975 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10976 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10978 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10980 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10982 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10983 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10985 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10988 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10990 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10992 mark
= value_mark ();
10993 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10994 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10995 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10998 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11001 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11002 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11009 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11010 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11012 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11013 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11014 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11015 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11016 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11018 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11019 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11021 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11024 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11025 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11029 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11030 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11032 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11035 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11036 mark
= value_mark ();
11037 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11039 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11041 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11042 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11049 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11050 val
= value_addr (result
);
11051 release_value (val
);
11052 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11056 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11059 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11060 else if (ret
== -2)
11061 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11064 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11065 release_value (val
);
11067 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11068 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11070 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11071 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11073 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11074 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11075 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11077 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11078 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11079 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11084 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11086 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11088 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11090 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11092 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11093 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11094 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11095 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11096 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11098 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11100 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11102 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11103 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11106 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11107 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11108 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11110 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11113 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11115 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11116 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11118 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11119 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11121 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11122 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11123 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11124 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11125 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11126 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11127 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11131 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11132 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11133 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11134 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11136 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11137 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11138 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11139 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11141 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11143 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
11146 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11147 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11149 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
11150 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11151 w
->thread
= thread
;
11152 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11153 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11154 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11155 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11156 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11159 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11160 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11162 w
->exp_string_reparse
11163 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11165 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11166 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11169 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11173 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11178 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11179 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11184 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11186 w
->cond_string
= 0;
11188 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11190 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11191 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11195 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11196 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11199 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11201 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11202 need to act on them together. */
11203 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11204 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11207 if (!just_location
)
11208 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11210 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11211 that should be inserted. */
11212 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11214 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11215 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11218 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11219 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11222 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11224 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11225 struct value
*head
= v
;
11227 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11228 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11231 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11232 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11233 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11234 hardware watchpoint.
11236 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11237 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11238 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11239 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11240 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11241 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11242 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11243 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11244 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11246 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11247 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11248 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11249 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11250 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11252 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11254 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11255 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11256 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11257 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11258 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11259 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11263 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11264 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11265 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11267 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11268 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11269 middle of some value chain. */
11271 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11272 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11274 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11278 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11279 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11280 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11282 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11286 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11290 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11291 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11292 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11293 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11294 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11297 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11298 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11299 return found_memory_cnt
;
11303 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11305 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11308 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11309 calls watch_command_1. */
11312 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11314 int just_location
= 0;
11317 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11318 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11320 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11324 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11328 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11330 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11334 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11336 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11340 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11342 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11346 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11348 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11352 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11354 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11358 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11359 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11362 struct until_break_fsm
11364 /* The base class. */
11365 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11367 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11370 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11371 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11373 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11375 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11378 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11379 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11380 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11381 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11382 static enum async_reply_reason
11383 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11385 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11387 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11390 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11391 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11392 NULL
, /* return_value */
11393 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11396 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11398 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11399 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11400 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11401 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11403 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11405 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11406 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11408 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11409 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11410 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11415 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11416 until(location)/advance commands. */
11419 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11420 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11422 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11424 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11425 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11426 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11427 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11428 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11429 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11434 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11435 until(location)/advance commands. */
11438 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11439 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11441 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11443 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11444 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11446 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11447 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11449 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11451 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11452 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11454 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11457 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11458 until(location)/advance commands. */
11460 static enum async_reply_reason
11461 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11463 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11467 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11469 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11470 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11471 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11472 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11473 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11474 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11475 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11477 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11478 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11480 clear_proceed_status (0);
11482 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11485 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11487 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11488 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11489 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11490 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11491 get_last_displayed_line ())
11492 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11493 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11495 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11496 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11498 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11501 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11503 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11505 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11506 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11508 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11510 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11511 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11512 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11515 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11516 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11517 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11518 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11520 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11523 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11525 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11526 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11528 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11529 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11530 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11531 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11535 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11537 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11538 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11541 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11545 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11546 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11547 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11548 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11550 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11551 only at the very same frame. */
11552 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11553 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11554 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11556 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11557 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11558 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11560 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11562 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11565 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11566 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11568 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11569 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11570 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11571 if clause in the arg string. */
11574 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11576 const char *cond_string
;
11578 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11581 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11584 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11585 condition string. */
11586 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11587 cond_string
= *arg
;
11589 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11591 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11593 return cond_string
;
11596 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11597 process start/exit, etc. */
11601 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11602 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11607 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11608 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11610 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11611 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11612 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11613 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11616 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11617 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11618 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11622 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11624 /* The allowed syntax is:
11626 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11628 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11629 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11631 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11632 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11634 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11635 and enable reporting of such events. */
11638 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11639 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11640 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11641 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11643 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11644 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11645 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11646 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11649 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11655 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11656 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11658 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11659 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11661 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11663 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11667 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11669 /* The allowed syntax is:
11671 catch exec if <cond>
11673 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11674 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11676 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11677 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11679 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11680 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11681 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11682 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11684 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11688 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11689 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11690 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11692 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11699 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11701 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11703 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11704 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11705 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11706 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11707 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11708 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11709 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11710 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11711 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11712 enough for now, though. */
11715 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11717 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11718 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11719 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11720 language_def (language_ada
));
11721 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11725 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11727 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11732 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11734 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11737 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11740 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11742 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11743 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11744 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11745 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11747 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11749 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11752 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11756 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11759 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11762 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11764 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11765 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11769 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11771 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11772 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11773 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11777 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11778 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11779 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11781 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11785 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11786 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11787 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11788 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11789 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11790 error (_("No source file specified."));
11796 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11797 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11798 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11799 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11801 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11802 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11803 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11804 due to optimization, all in one block.
11806 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11807 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11808 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11809 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11810 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11811 to support that. */
11813 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11814 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11815 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11819 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11820 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11822 const char *sal_fullname
;
11824 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11825 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11826 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11829 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11834 1 0 <can't happen> */
11836 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11837 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11839 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11840 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11843 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11844 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11846 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11847 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11849 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11850 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11851 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11853 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11854 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11855 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11856 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11857 int line_match
= 0;
11859 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11860 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11861 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11862 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11863 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11864 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11865 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11868 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11877 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11881 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11882 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11885 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11887 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11890 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11891 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11892 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11893 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11894 compare_breakpoints
);
11895 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11896 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11900 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11905 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11906 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11909 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11910 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11912 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11915 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11918 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11922 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11924 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11927 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11928 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11929 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11932 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11934 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11936 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11937 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11938 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11940 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11942 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11944 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11945 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11949 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11950 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11951 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11952 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11953 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11954 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11957 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11959 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11960 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11962 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11963 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11965 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11966 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11969 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11970 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11971 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11973 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11974 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11975 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11977 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11978 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11979 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11981 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11982 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11983 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11985 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11988 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11989 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11990 content of the bp_locations array. */
11993 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11995 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11997 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11998 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12000 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12002 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12004 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12007 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12008 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12010 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12011 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12012 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12013 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12015 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12017 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12018 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12019 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12020 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12024 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12027 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12030 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12032 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12034 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12036 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12037 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12038 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12040 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12041 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12042 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12045 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12047 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12048 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12050 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12053 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12056 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12058 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12059 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12060 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12061 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12064 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12066 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12069 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12071 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12072 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12073 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12074 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12078 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12081 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12083 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12084 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12085 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12086 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12088 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12089 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12090 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12091 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12092 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12094 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12095 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12096 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12097 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12098 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12099 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12100 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12101 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12104 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12105 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12106 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12112 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12113 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12114 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12117 address
= bl
->address
;
12118 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12120 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12121 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12122 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12124 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12125 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12128 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12129 the same program space as the location
12130 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12131 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12136 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12137 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12140 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12141 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12142 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12143 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12144 that have already been marked. */
12145 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12147 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12149 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12152 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12153 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12154 locations are duplicate of which.
12156 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12157 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12161 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12163 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12164 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12165 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12166 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12167 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12168 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12169 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12171 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12172 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12173 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12174 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12175 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12177 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12178 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12179 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12180 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12182 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12183 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12184 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12185 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12187 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12188 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12189 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12190 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12191 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12194 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12195 bp_locations_count
++;
12197 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12198 locp
= bp_locations
;
12199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12200 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12202 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12203 bp_locations_compare
);
12205 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12207 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12208 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12209 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12210 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12211 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12214 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12215 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12217 locp
= bp_locations
;
12218 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12219 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12222 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12223 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12225 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12226 not, we have to free it. */
12227 int found_object
= 0;
12228 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12229 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12232 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12233 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12234 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12235 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12239 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12240 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12243 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12244 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12245 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12247 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12248 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12249 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12251 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12252 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12255 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12259 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12260 have to go through updates again. */
12261 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12263 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12265 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12267 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12268 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12269 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12270 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12271 at certain location is not inserted. */
12273 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12275 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12278 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12280 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12281 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12282 keep_in_target
= 1;
12286 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12287 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12288 remove its target-side condition. */
12290 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12291 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12292 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12293 this one from the target. */
12295 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12296 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12299 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12300 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12303 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12305 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12307 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12308 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12309 supported, but the latter are. */
12310 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12312 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12313 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12316 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12317 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12319 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12320 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12322 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12323 keep_in_target
= 1;
12331 if (!keep_in_target
)
12333 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12335 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12336 this location on the global list, and try to
12337 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12338 reason why we will succeed next time.
12340 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12341 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12342 only after calling us. */
12343 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12344 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12345 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12353 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12354 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12356 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12357 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12358 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12359 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12360 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12361 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12362 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12363 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12364 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12365 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12366 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12367 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12368 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12369 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12372 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12373 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12375 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12376 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12377 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12378 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12379 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12380 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12381 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12382 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12383 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12384 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12385 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12386 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12387 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12390 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12391 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12392 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12393 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12395 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12396 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12397 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12398 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12399 traps we can no longer explain. */
12401 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12402 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12404 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12408 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12409 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12414 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12415 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12416 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12417 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12418 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12419 are sorted first for the same address.
12421 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12422 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12424 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12425 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12426 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12427 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12428 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12430 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12432 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12435 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12436 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12437 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12438 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12439 `struct bp_location'. */
12440 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12442 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12443 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12447 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12448 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12449 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12450 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12451 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12452 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12454 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12456 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12457 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12458 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12460 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12461 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12463 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12465 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12466 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12467 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12473 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12474 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12475 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12477 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12478 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12480 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12481 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12484 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12486 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12487 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12490 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12491 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12492 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12493 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12494 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12496 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12500 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12501 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12503 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12507 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12509 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12512 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12513 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12515 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12516 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12522 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12527 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12529 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12535 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12538 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12542 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12543 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12545 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12546 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12547 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12551 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12553 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12555 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12557 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12561 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12565 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12567 struct value_print_options opts
;
12569 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12571 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12573 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12575 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12576 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12577 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12578 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12580 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12581 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12583 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12585 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12586 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12591 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12592 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12598 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12600 printf_filtered (" at ");
12601 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12604 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12606 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12608 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12609 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12610 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12611 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12613 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12614 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12615 real situation somewhat. */
12616 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12617 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12622 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12624 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12626 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12631 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12634 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12636 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12639 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12644 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12646 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12648 decref_counted_command_line (&this->commands
);
12649 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12650 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12651 xfree (this->filter
);
12654 static struct bp_location
*
12655 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12657 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12661 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12663 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12666 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12667 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12670 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12672 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12676 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12677 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12679 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12683 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12684 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12686 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12688 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12697 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12701 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12706 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12710 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12712 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12715 static enum print_stop_action
12716 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12718 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12722 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12723 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12729 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12731 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12735 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12741 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12742 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12743 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12744 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12746 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12751 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12752 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12753 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12754 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12755 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12757 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12758 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12759 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12760 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12762 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12765 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12766 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12767 const struct event_location
*location
,
12768 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12770 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12773 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12776 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12781 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12784 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12786 /* Nothing to do. */
12789 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12791 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12792 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12793 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12794 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12795 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12796 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12797 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12798 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12799 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12801 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12802 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12803 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12804 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12805 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12806 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12807 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12808 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12811 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12814 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12816 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12817 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12819 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12824 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12828 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12830 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12832 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12833 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12835 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12836 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12838 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12842 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12844 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12845 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12847 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12851 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12852 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12853 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12855 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12856 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12859 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12863 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12864 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12865 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12872 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12873 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12874 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12876 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12877 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12879 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12880 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12881 be set at the same address. */
12885 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12889 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12891 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12896 static enum print_stop_action
12897 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12899 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12900 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12902 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12904 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12906 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12907 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12909 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12910 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12911 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12914 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12915 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12918 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12920 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12921 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12923 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12924 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12925 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12927 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12928 uiout
->text (", ");
12930 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12934 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12936 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12941 case bp_breakpoint
:
12942 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12943 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12944 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12946 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12947 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12948 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12949 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12952 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12955 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12963 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12965 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12967 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12969 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12970 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12972 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12975 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12976 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12979 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12981 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12982 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12983 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12986 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12990 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12991 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12992 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12994 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12998 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12999 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13000 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13001 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13002 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13003 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13005 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13006 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13007 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13008 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13010 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13011 std::move (cond_string
),
13012 std::move (extra_string
),
13014 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13015 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13016 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13019 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13020 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13021 const struct event_location
*location
,
13022 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13024 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13027 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13030 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13034 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13035 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13036 case bp_overlay_event
:
13037 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13038 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13039 case bp_exception_master
:
13040 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13043 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13044 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13045 case bp_shlib_event
:
13047 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13048 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13049 case bp_thread_event
:
13055 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13057 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13059 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13060 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13061 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13062 objects (among other things). */
13063 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13064 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13070 static enum print_stop_action
13071 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13075 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13079 case bp_shlib_event
:
13080 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13081 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13082 to shlib event" message.) */
13083 print_solib_event (0);
13086 case bp_thread_event
:
13087 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13088 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13089 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13092 case bp_overlay_event
:
13093 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13094 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13097 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13098 /* These should never be enabled. */
13099 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13102 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13103 /* These should never be enabled. */
13104 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13105 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13108 case bp_exception_master
:
13109 /* These should never be enabled. */
13110 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13111 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13115 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13119 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13121 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13124 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13127 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13129 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13130 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13131 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13132 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13136 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13138 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13141 static enum print_stop_action
13142 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13144 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13148 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13150 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13153 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13155 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13156 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13158 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
13160 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
13163 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13166 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13169 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13171 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13175 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13177 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13178 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13187 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13188 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13190 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13191 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13192 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13196 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13200 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13201 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13202 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13204 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13206 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13208 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13209 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13212 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13213 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13214 const struct event_location
*location
,
13215 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13217 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13219 error (_("probe not found"));
13223 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13226 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13228 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13232 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13233 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13234 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13236 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13242 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13243 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13245 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13246 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13248 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13250 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13251 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13252 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13253 uiout
->text ("\n");
13258 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13260 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13265 case bp_tracepoint
:
13266 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13267 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13269 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13270 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13271 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13273 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13274 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13275 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13278 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13279 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13286 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13288 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13290 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13292 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13294 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13297 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13298 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13301 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13302 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13304 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13309 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13310 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13311 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13313 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13317 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13318 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13319 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13320 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13321 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13322 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13324 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13325 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13326 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13327 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13329 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13330 std::move (cond_string
),
13331 std::move (extra_string
),
13333 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13334 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13335 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13338 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13339 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13340 const struct event_location
*location
,
13341 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13343 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13346 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13348 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13352 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13353 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13354 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13355 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13357 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13358 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13361 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13362 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13363 const struct event_location
*location
,
13364 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13366 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13367 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13370 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13372 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13375 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13377 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13379 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13380 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13382 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13383 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13384 3 - disconnect from target 1
13385 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13387 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13388 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13389 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13390 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13391 it all the time. */
13392 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13393 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13396 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13399 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13402 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13404 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13407 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13410 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13411 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13412 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13413 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13414 address are all handled. */
13417 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13419 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13420 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13421 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13423 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13424 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13425 condition not be evaluated. */
13428 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13429 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13430 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13431 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13432 commands here throws. */
13433 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13434 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13435 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13437 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13439 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13440 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13442 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13445 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13449 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13450 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13451 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13453 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13454 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13456 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13458 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13459 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13461 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13462 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13463 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13464 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13467 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13468 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13472 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13473 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13474 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13475 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13476 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13477 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13479 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13480 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13481 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13482 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13484 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13486 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13487 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13488 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13489 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13490 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13491 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13493 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13495 event_location_up location
13496 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13498 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13499 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13500 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13501 std::move (cond_string
),
13502 std::move (extra_string
),
13503 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13504 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13505 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13506 canonical
->special_display
);
13507 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13508 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13509 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13510 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13511 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13512 corresponds to this one */
13513 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13515 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13519 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13520 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13521 const struct event_location
*location
,
13522 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13524 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13525 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13527 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13528 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13530 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13535 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13538 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13541 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13543 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13546 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13550 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13552 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13554 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13556 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13557 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13560 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13561 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13562 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13563 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13564 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13567 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13568 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13569 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13570 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13572 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13575 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13576 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13577 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13579 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13580 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13582 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13583 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13584 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13585 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13589 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13591 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13592 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13593 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13594 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13595 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13598 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13599 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13600 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13601 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13603 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13605 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13606 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13609 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13611 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13615 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13617 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13618 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13619 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13620 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13621 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13622 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13623 commands won't work. */
13625 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13627 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13628 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13629 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13630 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13631 might be better design to have location completely
13632 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13633 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13635 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13636 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13637 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13642 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13644 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13648 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13650 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13653 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13654 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13657 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13658 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13662 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13667 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13669 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13670 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13672 if (next
== related
)
13674 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13675 function (related
, data
);
13677 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13678 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13683 function (related
, data
);
13687 while (related
!= b
);
13691 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13693 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13696 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13697 delete_breakpoint. */
13700 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13702 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13706 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13708 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13714 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13716 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13717 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13718 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13720 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13722 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13726 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13728 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13731 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13732 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13736 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13739 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13740 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13744 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13748 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13749 if ((pspace
== NULL
13750 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13751 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13752 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13757 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13758 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13759 Null names are ignored. */
13762 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13764 struct bp_location
*l
;
13765 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13766 (int (*) (const void *,
13767 const void *)) streq
,
13768 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13770 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13773 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13775 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13779 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13781 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13785 htab_delete (htab
);
13791 htab_delete (htab
);
13795 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13796 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13797 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13798 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13799 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13800 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13801 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13802 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13805 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13806 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13807 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13808 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13809 in the sources, and output a warning.
13811 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13812 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13813 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13814 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13815 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13818 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13819 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13820 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13821 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13822 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13823 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13824 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13825 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13826 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13828 static struct symtab_and_line
13829 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13831 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13832 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13837 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13839 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13841 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13842 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13844 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13846 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13847 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13848 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13853 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13855 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13857 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13858 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13860 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13863 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13865 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13867 struct symbol
*sym
;
13868 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13869 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13870 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13872 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13874 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13875 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13877 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13878 "found at previous line number"),
13879 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13881 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13882 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13883 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13886 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13887 uiout
->text (" at ");
13889 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13890 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13893 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13895 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13897 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13900 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13901 uiout
->text ("\n");
13903 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13904 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13906 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13907 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13908 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13909 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13910 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13911 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13912 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13914 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13917 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13923 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13924 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13927 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13931 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13934 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13937 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13944 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13950 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13951 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13952 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13954 static struct bp_location
*
13955 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13957 struct bp_location head
;
13958 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13959 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13960 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13962 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13973 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13988 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13989 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13990 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13991 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13995 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13996 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13997 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13998 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
14001 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14003 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
14005 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14007 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14008 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14009 "multiple locations found\n"),
14014 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14015 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14016 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14017 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14018 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14019 individual locations. */
14020 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
14023 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14025 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
14027 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14029 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
14031 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
14033 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14035 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14039 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14042 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
14043 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
14046 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14048 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14049 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14050 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14051 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14056 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
14058 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
14060 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14064 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14067 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14068 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14069 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14070 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14071 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14072 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14073 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14075 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14077 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14079 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14080 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14082 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14083 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14091 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14092 if (l
->function_name
14093 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14103 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14104 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14107 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14108 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14110 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14111 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14112 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14114 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14116 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14118 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
14122 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
14124 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14126 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14130 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14131 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14132 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14133 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14134 state, then user already saw the message about that
14135 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14137 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14138 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14140 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14141 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14142 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14143 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14144 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14145 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14147 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14149 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14150 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14151 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14152 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14153 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14154 which approach is better. */
14155 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14156 throw_exception (e
);
14161 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14163 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
14164 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
14165 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14167 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14170 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
14171 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14173 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14175 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14176 b
->thread
= thread
;
14180 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14181 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14183 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14186 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14187 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
14197 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14198 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14202 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14204 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14205 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
14208 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
14209 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14211 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
14213 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14215 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
14216 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14217 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14219 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
14222 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14225 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14226 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14229 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14230 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14231 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14233 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14236 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14237 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14241 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14242 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14243 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14244 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14245 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14246 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14248 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14249 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14250 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14251 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14253 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14254 std::move (cond_string
),
14255 std::move (extra_string
),
14256 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14257 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14258 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14261 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14262 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14264 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14265 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14266 const struct event_location
*location
,
14267 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14269 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14271 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14272 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14273 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14276 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14277 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14279 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14281 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14282 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14287 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14289 static struct cleanup
*
14290 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14292 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14293 set_language (b
->language
);
14295 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14298 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14299 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14300 Unused in this case. */
14303 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14305 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14306 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14307 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14309 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14310 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14311 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14315 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14316 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14319 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14321 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14322 enum language save_language
;
14323 int save_input_radix
;
14325 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14326 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14329 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14331 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14332 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14333 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14334 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14338 /* Format possible error msg. */
14339 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14342 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14343 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14345 set_language (save_language
);
14346 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14348 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14351 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14352 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14353 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14354 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14356 /* Now we can insert. */
14357 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14360 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14362 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14363 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14365 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14367 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14369 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14370 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14372 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14373 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14374 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14376 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14380 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14381 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14382 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14385 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14387 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14393 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14395 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14397 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14398 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14403 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14407 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14408 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14410 else if (count
== 1)
14411 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14414 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14415 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14418 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14422 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14425 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14428 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14434 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14436 num
= get_number (&p
);
14438 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14440 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14442 set_ignore_count (num
,
14443 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14446 printf_filtered ("\n");
14449 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14450 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14453 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14454 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14459 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14461 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14462 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14464 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14466 while (!parser
.finished ())
14468 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14469 bool match
= false;
14471 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14474 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14479 if (b
->number
== num
)
14482 function (b
, data
);
14486 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14491 static struct bp_location
*
14492 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14494 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14499 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14504 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14506 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14509 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14514 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14515 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14518 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14520 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14524 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14527 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14533 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14534 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14535 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14538 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14540 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14541 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14542 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14543 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14546 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14548 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14549 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14551 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14552 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14554 struct bp_location
*location
;
14556 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14557 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14560 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14562 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14565 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14568 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14570 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14573 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14574 disable_breakpoint. */
14577 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14579 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14583 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14587 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14590 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14591 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14595 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14599 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14601 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14608 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14610 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14611 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14612 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14613 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14615 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14618 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14619 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14625 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14628 int target_resources_ok
;
14630 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14633 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14634 target_resources_ok
=
14635 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14637 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14638 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14639 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14640 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14643 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14645 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14646 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14650 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14652 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14653 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14654 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14656 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14658 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14659 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14666 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14668 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14669 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14671 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14672 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14674 struct bp_location
*location
;
14676 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14677 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14680 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14681 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14682 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14684 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14689 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14691 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14695 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14697 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14700 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14701 enable_breakpoint. */
14704 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14706 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14709 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14710 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14711 in stopping the inferior. */
14714 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14718 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14721 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14722 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14726 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14730 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14732 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14739 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14741 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14742 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14743 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14744 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14746 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14749 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14750 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14755 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14765 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14767 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14769 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14773 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14775 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14777 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14781 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14783 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14787 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14789 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14791 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14795 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14800 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14802 count
= get_number (&args
);
14804 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14808 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14810 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14812 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14816 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14818 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14822 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14827 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14832 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14836 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14837 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14838 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14840 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14843 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14844 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14846 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14848 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14850 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14852 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14853 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14854 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14855 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14857 value_free (wp
->val
);
14865 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14868 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14869 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14872 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14873 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14874 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14876 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14878 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14879 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14882 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14884 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14885 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14886 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14888 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14891 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14894 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14896 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14897 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14899 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14901 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14903 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14904 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14906 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14907 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14915 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14918 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14919 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14922 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14924 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14926 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14932 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14936 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14939 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14943 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14944 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14950 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14952 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14954 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14956 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14957 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14961 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14963 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14965 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14967 if (location
!= NULL
14968 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14969 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14971 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14973 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14975 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14977 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14978 0 /* Ignore count */,
14979 pending_break_support
,
14983 0 /* internal */, 0);
14987 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14989 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14991 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14993 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14995 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14996 0 /* Ignore count */,
14997 pending_break_support
,
14998 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15001 0 /* internal */, 0);
15004 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15007 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15009 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15010 event_location_up location
;
15011 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15013 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15014 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15015 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15017 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15018 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15022 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15023 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15026 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15028 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15030 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15031 0 /* Ignore count */,
15032 pending_break_support
,
15036 0 /* internal */, 0);
15039 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15040 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15042 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15043 static int next_cmd
;
15046 read_uploaded_action (void)
15050 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15057 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15058 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15059 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15060 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15061 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15063 struct tracepoint
*
15064 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15066 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15067 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15069 if (utp
->at_string
)
15070 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15073 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15074 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15075 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15077 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15078 "source location, using raw address"),
15080 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15081 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15084 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15085 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15086 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15087 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15090 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15092 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15094 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15095 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15097 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15098 0 /* Ignore count */,
15099 pending_break_support
,
15100 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15102 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15104 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15107 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15108 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15109 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15113 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15116 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15119 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15120 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15121 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15123 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15125 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15130 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15132 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15134 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15135 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15136 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15137 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15140 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15141 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15142 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15147 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15151 info_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15153 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15156 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15158 if (num_printed
== 0)
15160 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15161 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15163 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15166 default_collect_info ();
15169 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15170 Not supported by all targets. */
15172 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15174 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15177 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15178 Not supported by all targets. */
15180 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15182 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15185 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15187 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15189 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15195 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15197 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15198 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15199 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15201 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15202 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15204 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15208 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15210 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15212 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15213 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15214 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15218 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15221 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15224 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15226 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15227 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
15229 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15230 tp
->number
, count
);
15233 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15235 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15236 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15237 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15240 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15242 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15243 unsigned int count
;
15245 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15246 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15247 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15249 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15251 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15252 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15254 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15256 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15258 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15260 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15262 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15263 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15266 else if (*args
== '\0')
15268 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15270 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15274 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15275 while (!parser
.finished ())
15277 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15279 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15284 struct tracepoint
*
15285 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15287 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15289 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15290 if (t
->number
== num
)
15291 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15296 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15297 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15300 struct tracepoint
*
15301 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15305 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15307 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15309 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15316 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15317 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15318 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15319 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15321 struct tracepoint
*
15322 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15323 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15325 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15327 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15329 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15331 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15332 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15334 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15335 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15337 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15341 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15342 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15345 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15349 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15350 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15352 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15355 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15360 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15362 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15366 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15371 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15372 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15373 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15377 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15378 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15380 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15382 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15384 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15385 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15387 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15390 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15391 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15394 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15395 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15400 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15402 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15404 /* We can stop searching. */
15411 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15415 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15419 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15420 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15421 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15423 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15424 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15428 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15429 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15432 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15433 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15436 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15438 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15439 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15442 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15443 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15445 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15446 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15448 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15450 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15452 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15455 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15457 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15459 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15460 throw_exception (ex
);
15464 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15465 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15468 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15469 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15471 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15472 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15473 special, and not user visible. */
15474 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15476 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15479 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15481 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15485 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15486 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15489 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15492 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15495 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15497 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15500 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15503 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15505 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15508 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15510 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15511 all_tracepoints (void)
15513 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15514 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15516 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15518 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15525 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15526 locations used by several commands. */
15528 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15529 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15530 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15531 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15532 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15533 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15535 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15536 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15537 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15539 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15540 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15541 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15542 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15543 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15545 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15546 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15547 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15550 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15551 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15552 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15553 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15554 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15555 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15556 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15559 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15560 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15562 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15563 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15564 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15565 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15566 conditions are different.\n\
15568 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15570 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15571 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15573 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15574 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15577 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15578 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15579 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15580 void *user_data_catch
,
15581 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15583 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15585 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15587 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15588 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15589 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15591 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15593 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15594 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15595 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15599 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15601 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15602 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15603 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15606 struct breakpoint
*
15607 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15610 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15614 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15621 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15622 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15625 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15627 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15628 non-inline function. */
15629 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15635 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15636 have been inlined. */
15639 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15640 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15643 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15647 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15650 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15652 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15653 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15661 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15664 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15666 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15668 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15669 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15670 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15674 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15676 static int initialized
= 0;
15678 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15684 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15685 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15686 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15687 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15688 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15689 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15690 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15691 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15692 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15693 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15694 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15695 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15698 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15699 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15700 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15701 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15702 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15703 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15704 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15706 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15707 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15708 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15709 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15710 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15711 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15712 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15713 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15714 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15715 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15717 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15718 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15719 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15720 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15721 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15722 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15723 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15725 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15726 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15727 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15728 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15729 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15730 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15731 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15733 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15734 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15735 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15736 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15737 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15738 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15739 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15742 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15743 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15744 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15745 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15746 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15747 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15748 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15749 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15750 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15751 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15752 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15753 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15754 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15756 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15757 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15758 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15759 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15760 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15761 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15770 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15771 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15772 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15773 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15774 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15775 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15776 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15777 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15778 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15780 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15781 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15782 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15783 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15784 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15786 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15787 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15789 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15790 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15791 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15793 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15794 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15795 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15796 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15797 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15798 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15799 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15800 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15801 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15802 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15804 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15805 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15808 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15809 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15810 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15811 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15812 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15813 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15815 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15816 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15817 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15818 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15819 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15820 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15821 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15822 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15823 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15824 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15826 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15827 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15828 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15829 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15830 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15831 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15832 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15833 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15834 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15835 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15836 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15838 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15839 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15840 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15841 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15842 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15843 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15844 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15845 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15846 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15849 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15851 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15854 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15856 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15858 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15860 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15861 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15862 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15864 breakpoint_objfile_key
15865 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15867 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15868 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15869 before a breakpoint is set. */
15870 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15872 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15874 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15875 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15876 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15878 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15879 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15880 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15881 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15883 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15884 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15885 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15886 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15887 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15889 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15890 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15891 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15892 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15893 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15895 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15896 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15897 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15898 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15899 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15901 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15902 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15904 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15905 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15906 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15907 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15909 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15910 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15912 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15913 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15914 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15915 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15917 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15918 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15920 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15921 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15922 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15923 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15924 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15925 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15926 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15928 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15930 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15931 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15932 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15933 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15934 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15935 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15937 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15938 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15939 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15942 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15943 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15944 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15947 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15948 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15949 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15950 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15953 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15954 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15955 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15958 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15959 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15960 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15963 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15964 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15965 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15966 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15969 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15970 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15972 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15973 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15974 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15975 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15976 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15978 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15979 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15980 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15981 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15982 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15983 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15986 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15987 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15988 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15989 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15991 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15992 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15993 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15994 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15995 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15997 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15998 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15999 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16000 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16001 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16004 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16005 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16006 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16008 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16009 is executing in.\n"
16010 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16011 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16012 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16014 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16015 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16016 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16017 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16019 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16020 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16021 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16022 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16026 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16027 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16028 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16029 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16030 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16031 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16032 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16033 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16034 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16035 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16036 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16037 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16038 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16039 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16040 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16041 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16043 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16044 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16045 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16046 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16047 breakpoint set."));
16050 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16051 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16052 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16053 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16054 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16055 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16056 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16057 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16058 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16060 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16061 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16062 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16063 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16064 breakpoint set."));
16066 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16068 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16069 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16070 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16071 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16072 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16073 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16074 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16075 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16076 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16077 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16078 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16079 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16080 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16082 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16083 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16084 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16085 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16087 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16089 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16090 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16091 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16092 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16094 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16095 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16096 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16097 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16099 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16100 catch_fork_command_1
,
16102 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16103 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16104 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16105 catch_fork_command_1
,
16107 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16108 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16109 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16110 catch_exec_command_1
,
16114 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16115 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16116 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16117 catch_load_command_1
,
16121 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16122 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16123 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16124 catch_unload_command_1
,
16129 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16130 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16131 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16132 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16133 an expression changes.\n\
16134 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16135 the memory to which it refers."));
16136 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16138 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16139 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16140 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16141 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16142 an expression is read.\n\
16143 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16144 the memory to which it refers."));
16145 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16147 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16148 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16149 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16150 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16151 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16152 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16153 the memory to which it refers."));
16154 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16156 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
16157 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16159 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16160 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16161 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16162 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16163 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16164 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16165 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16166 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16167 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16170 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16171 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16173 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16175 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16177 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16178 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16180 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16181 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16184 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16185 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16186 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16187 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16189 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16190 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16192 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16193 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16194 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16196 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16197 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16199 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16200 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16201 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16202 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16203 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16204 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16205 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16206 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16207 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16209 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16210 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16211 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16212 conditions are different.\n\
16214 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16215 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16216 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16218 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16219 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16220 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16221 last tracepoint set."));
16223 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16225 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16226 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16227 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16228 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16230 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16232 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16233 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16234 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16235 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16237 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16239 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16240 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16241 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16242 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16244 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16246 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16247 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16248 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16249 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16250 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16252 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16253 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16254 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16255 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16257 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16258 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16259 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16260 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16261 session to restore them."),
16263 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16265 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16266 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16267 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16269 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16271 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16272 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16274 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16275 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16276 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16277 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16278 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16279 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16280 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16281 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16282 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16283 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16284 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16287 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16288 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16289 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16290 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16291 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16292 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16293 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16294 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16296 show_pending_break_support
,
16297 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16298 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16300 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16302 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16303 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16304 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16305 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16306 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16307 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16308 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16310 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16311 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16312 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16314 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16315 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16316 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16317 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16318 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16319 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16320 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16321 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16322 when execution stops."),
16324 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16325 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16326 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16328 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16329 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16330 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16331 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16332 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16333 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16334 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16335 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16336 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16337 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16338 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16339 be set to \"gdb\""),
16340 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16341 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16342 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16343 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16345 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16346 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16347 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16348 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16349 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16350 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16351 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16352 or the start of the range\n\
16353 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16354 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16355 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16357 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16358 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16359 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16361 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16362 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16363 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16364 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16365 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16368 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16369 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16370 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16371 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16372 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16373 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16374 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16375 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16376 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16377 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16378 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16379 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16381 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16382 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16383 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16384 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16385 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16386 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16387 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16389 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16390 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16391 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16392 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16393 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16394 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16395 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16397 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16398 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16399 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16400 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16401 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16402 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16405 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16407 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16408 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16409 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16411 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16413 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16414 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);